1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
92 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96 static void clear_command (char *, int);
98 static void catch_command (char *, int);
100 static void watch_command (char *, int);
102 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
104 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
106 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
108 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
109 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
110 struct symtab_and_line
,
113 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
115 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
119 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
121 struct obj_section
*, int);
123 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
125 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
128 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
129 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
131 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
133 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
135 static int breakpoint_1 (int, int, int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
137 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
139 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
141 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
143 static void commands_command (char *, int);
145 static void condition_command (char *, int);
147 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
156 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
157 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
159 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
161 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
163 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
165 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
167 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
169 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
171 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
173 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
175 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
177 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
179 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
181 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
183 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
185 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
189 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
191 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
192 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
194 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
196 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
198 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
201 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
203 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
205 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
211 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
228 breakpoints share a single command list. */
229 struct counted_command_line
231 /* The reference count. */
234 /* The command list. */
235 struct command_line
*commands
;
238 struct command_line
*
239 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
241 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
244 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
245 current breakpoint. */
247 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
250 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
252 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
253 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
254 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
255 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
258 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
259 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
260 if such is available. */
261 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
264 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
273 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
274 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
275 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
276 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
277 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
279 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
289 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
290 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
291 use hardware breakpoints. */
292 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
294 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
295 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
298 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
299 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
303 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
304 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
305 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
306 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
307 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
309 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
310 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
311 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
312 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
313 always_inserted_auto
,
318 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
320 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
321 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
323 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
324 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
325 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
327 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
329 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
333 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
335 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
336 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
339 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
341 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
342 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
344 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
345 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
347 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
351 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
353 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
354 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
355 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
358 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
359 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
360 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
362 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
363 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
364 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
367 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
369 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
370 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
371 if (is_tracepoint (B))
373 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
375 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
377 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
379 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
381 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
383 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
385 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
386 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
387 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
388 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
390 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
392 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
393 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
394 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
395 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
396 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
398 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
400 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
401 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
402 may still be reported by a target. */
403 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
405 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
407 static int breakpoint_count
;
409 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
410 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
411 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
412 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
413 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
415 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
417 static int tracepoint_count
;
419 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
421 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
423 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
426 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
429 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
431 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
432 breakpoint_count
= num
;
433 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
436 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
437 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
438 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
440 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
444 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
446 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
449 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
453 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
455 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
458 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
461 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
463 struct breakpoint
*b
;
469 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
470 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
472 static struct counted_command_line
*
473 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
475 struct counted_command_line
*result
476 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
478 result
->commands
= commands
;
482 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
485 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
491 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
492 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
493 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
496 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
500 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
502 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
509 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
512 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
514 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
517 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
520 static struct cleanup
*
521 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
523 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
526 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
527 for "break" command with no arg.
528 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
529 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
531 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
533 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
534 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
535 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
536 int default_breakpoint_line
;
537 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
540 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
541 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
543 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
544 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
545 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
547 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
549 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
550 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
552 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
554 int retval
= 0; /* default */
558 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
559 return breakpoint_count
;
562 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
563 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
568 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
570 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
571 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
572 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
573 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
577 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
585 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
588 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
590 /* Skip non-numeric token */
591 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
593 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
599 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
601 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
602 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
613 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
615 get_number (char **pp
)
617 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
620 /* Parse a number or a range.
621 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
622 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
623 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
626 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
627 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
629 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
630 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
631 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
632 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
633 * pointer PP past <number2>.
637 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
639 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
640 static char *end_ptr
;
641 static int in_range
= 0;
645 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
646 or to the first number of a range. */
647 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
652 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
653 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
654 and also remember the end of the final token. */
658 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
659 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
660 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
661 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
663 error (_("inverted range"));
665 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
667 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
668 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
677 error (_("negative value"));
680 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
681 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
682 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
683 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
686 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
688 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
696 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
697 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
700 get_breakpoint (int num
)
702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
705 if (b
->number
== num
)
712 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
715 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
722 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
725 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
727 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
730 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
732 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
733 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
738 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
739 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
746 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
751 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
752 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
753 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
754 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
756 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
758 innermost_block
= NULL
;
760 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
762 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
763 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
767 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
771 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
773 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
777 breakpoints_changed ();
778 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
782 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
785 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
786 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
787 Throw if any such commands is found.
790 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
792 struct command_line
*c
;
793 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
797 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
798 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
800 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
801 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
803 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
804 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
806 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
807 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
809 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
810 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
814 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
817 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
819 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
|| b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
);
822 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
823 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
827 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
828 struct command_line
*commands
)
830 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
832 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands
833 is valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one while-stepping
834 element, and that while-stepping's body has valid tracing commands
835 excluding nested while-stepping. */
836 struct command_line
*c
;
837 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
838 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
841 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
843 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
844 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
847 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can be used only once"));
854 struct command_line
*c2
;
856 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
857 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
858 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
861 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
862 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
868 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
872 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
873 validate that only allowed commands are included.
877 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
879 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
881 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
882 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
883 breakpoints_changed ();
884 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
888 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
890 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
891 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
894 /* A structure used to pass information through
895 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
899 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
902 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
905 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
906 already-parsed command. */
907 struct command_line
*control
;
909 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
911 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
914 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
918 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
920 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
922 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
924 struct command_line
*l
;
926 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
927 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
930 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
933 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) %s, one per line."),
936 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
938 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
941 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
944 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
947 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
950 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
952 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
954 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
955 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
956 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
957 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
958 breakpoints_changed ();
959 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
964 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct command_line
*control
)
966 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
967 struct commands_info info
;
969 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
970 info
.control
= control
;
972 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
973 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
974 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
976 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
978 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
979 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1, breakpoint_count
);
980 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
981 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
984 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
985 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
986 numbers will fail in this case. */
991 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
996 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1000 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1002 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1003 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1005 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1009 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1011 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1014 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1015 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1017 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1018 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1019 enum command_control_type
1020 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1022 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1023 return simple_control
;
1026 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1029 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1031 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1035 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1036 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1041 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1042 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1044 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1045 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1046 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1047 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1048 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1049 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1050 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1052 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1055 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1057 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
1058 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1060 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
1061 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
1064 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1065 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1067 struct bp_location
*b
;
1069 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1070 b
= bp_location
[bc
];
1072 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
1073 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
1074 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1076 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
1077 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
1080 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
1081 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
1087 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1089 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1091 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
1092 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1096 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1097 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1100 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1103 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1104 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
1105 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
1108 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
1110 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1111 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1114 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1116 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1117 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1119 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1120 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1124 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1125 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1129 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1130 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1132 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1133 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1134 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1138 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1140 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1141 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1144 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1145 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1150 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
1152 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
1154 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
1157 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
1158 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
1163 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1166 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1168 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1169 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1170 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1173 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1177 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1179 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1180 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1183 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
1184 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
1185 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
1188 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
1189 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
1190 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
1191 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
1192 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
1194 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
1195 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
1196 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
1197 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
1199 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
1200 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
1201 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
1205 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
1206 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
1208 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
1209 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
1217 /* Evaluate the expression. */
1218 mark
= value_mark ();
1221 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
1223 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
1227 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
1228 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
1229 error to some higher catcher. */
1235 throw_exception (ex
);
1240 new_mark
= value_mark ();
1241 if (mark
== new_mark
)
1246 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
1247 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
1249 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
1254 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
1255 decide which addresses to watch. */
1256 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
1257 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
1261 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1262 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1263 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1264 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1265 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1266 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1267 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1268 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1272 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1274 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1275 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1276 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1279 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1280 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1281 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1282 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1284 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1286 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1287 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1289 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1290 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1291 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1292 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1293 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1294 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1295 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1297 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1298 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1299 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1300 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1301 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1302 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1303 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1304 memory content has not changed.
1306 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1309 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1310 several times when GDB stops.
1313 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1314 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1315 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1316 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1317 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1318 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1319 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1320 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1321 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1322 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1324 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1325 removal from inferior. */
1328 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1330 int within_current_scope
;
1331 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1332 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1336 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1337 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1338 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1339 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1342 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1343 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1344 breakpoints if needed. */
1347 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1352 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1353 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1354 within_current_scope
= 1;
1357 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1359 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1360 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1361 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1362 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1365 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1367 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1368 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1369 if (within_current_scope
)
1373 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1382 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1383 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1384 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1385 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1386 be completely different objects. */
1387 value_free (b
->val
);
1391 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1392 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1393 locations (re)created below. */
1394 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1396 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1398 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1403 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1407 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1408 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1409 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1410 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1411 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1412 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1414 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1415 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1416 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1418 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1420 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1421 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1423 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1425 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1426 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1427 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1428 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1435 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1436 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1437 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1438 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1441 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1443 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1444 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1445 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1446 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1447 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1449 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1450 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1452 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1455 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1458 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1459 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1460 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1461 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1463 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1467 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1469 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1470 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1472 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1473 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1474 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1475 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1476 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1477 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1478 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1480 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1482 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1483 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1484 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1486 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1487 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1491 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1493 addr
= value_address (v
);
1494 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1496 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1498 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1501 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1502 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1505 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1507 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1508 loc
->address
= addr
;
1510 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1514 next
= value_next (v
);
1519 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1520 above left it without any location set up. But,
1521 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1522 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1523 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1525 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1526 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1527 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1528 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1529 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1532 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1534 printf_filtered (_("\
1535 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1536 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1538 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1540 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1541 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
1542 b
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
1544 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1547 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1549 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1553 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1554 inserted in the inferior. */
1556 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1558 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1561 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1564 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1567 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1568 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1569 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1570 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1571 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1572 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1573 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1574 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1575 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1578 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1580 if (is_tracepoint (bpt
->owner
))
1586 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1587 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1588 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1590 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1591 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1593 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1594 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1595 int *disabled_breaks
,
1596 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1600 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1603 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1604 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1605 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1606 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1608 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1609 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1611 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1613 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1614 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1615 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1616 Two important cases are:
1617 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1618 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1619 hardware breakpoint.
1620 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1621 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1622 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1624 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1625 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1626 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1627 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1628 struct mem_region
*mr
1629 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1633 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1636 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1638 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1639 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1641 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1643 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1645 static int said
= 0;
1646 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1649 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1650 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1655 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1656 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1657 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1658 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1662 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1663 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1664 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1665 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1667 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1669 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1670 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1673 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1678 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1679 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1680 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1682 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1683 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1684 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1685 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1686 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1687 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1690 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1692 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1693 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1694 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1695 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1696 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1699 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1700 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1703 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1704 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1706 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1707 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1708 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1711 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1716 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1717 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1724 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1725 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1727 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1729 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1730 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1732 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1733 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1734 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1735 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1736 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1738 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1739 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1740 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1744 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1746 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1747 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1748 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1749 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1753 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1754 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1755 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1756 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1757 "Error accessing memory address ");
1758 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1760 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1761 safe_strerror (val
));
1772 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1773 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1774 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1775 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1777 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1779 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1781 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1782 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1783 if (val
== 1 && bpt
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1785 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1787 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1788 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1790 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1792 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1793 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt
, loc
))
1797 bpt
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1798 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1805 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1809 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1813 bpt
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1816 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1818 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1819 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1820 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1821 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1823 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1827 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1828 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1829 so just return success. */
1836 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1837 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1841 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1843 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1844 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1846 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1847 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1849 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1850 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1853 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1854 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1857 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1859 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1861 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1862 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1864 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1865 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1867 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1873 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1874 removed locations above. */
1875 update_global_location_list (0);
1878 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1879 Throws exception on any error.
1880 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1881 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1883 insert_breakpoints (void)
1885 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1888 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1889 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1891 update_global_location_list (1);
1893 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1894 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1896 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1897 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1900 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1901 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1902 Both return zero if successful,
1903 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1906 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1908 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1909 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1912 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1913 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1915 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1916 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1918 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1919 there was an error. */
1920 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1922 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1926 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1927 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1929 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1932 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1933 thread no longer exists. */
1934 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1935 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1938 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1940 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1941 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1942 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1943 insert breakpoints. */
1944 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1945 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1948 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1950 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1955 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1956 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1959 int some_failed
= 0;
1960 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1962 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1965 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1968 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1971 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1972 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1979 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1981 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1983 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1984 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1985 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1993 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1994 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1995 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1997 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1998 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1999 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2001 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2002 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2005 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2009 remove_breakpoints (void)
2011 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2014 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2017 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
2022 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2025 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2027 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
2029 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
2033 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2038 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
2047 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
2049 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2052 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2054 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2055 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
2061 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2063 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2064 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2066 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2067 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2068 struct inferior
*inf
;
2069 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2071 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2075 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2076 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2078 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2080 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2084 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2090 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
2094 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2099 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2103 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2105 static struct breakpoint
*
2106 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2107 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2109 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2110 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2112 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
2115 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2116 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2118 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2119 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2120 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
2128 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2130 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2132 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2133 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2135 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2139 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2140 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2142 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2144 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2146 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2147 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2151 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2152 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2155 update_global_location_list (1);
2159 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
2161 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2162 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2163 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2165 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2167 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2168 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2170 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2171 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2173 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
2176 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2178 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2182 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2183 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2185 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2186 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2188 update_global_location_list (1);
2190 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2193 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function
2194 looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */
2196 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name
)
2198 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2199 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2200 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2202 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2204 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2205 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2207 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2208 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2210 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2212 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2213 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2214 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2217 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2218 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2219 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2220 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2223 update_global_location_list (1);
2225 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2229 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2232 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
2233 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2235 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2236 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2237 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2238 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2239 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2240 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2241 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2242 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2243 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2244 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2245 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2247 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2249 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2252 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2253 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2255 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2259 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2260 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2262 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2266 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2267 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2268 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2269 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
2271 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2275 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2276 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2278 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2282 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2284 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
2286 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2290 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2292 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2293 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2294 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2295 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2299 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2300 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2301 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2302 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2303 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2304 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2306 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2307 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2308 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2309 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2310 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2311 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2312 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2314 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2315 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2316 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2317 let finish_command delete it.
2319 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2320 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2321 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2322 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2323 solib breakpoints.) */
2325 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2330 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2331 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2333 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2335 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2339 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2340 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2341 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2342 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2343 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2344 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2345 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
2349 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2351 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2353 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2354 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2356 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2357 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2359 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2360 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2361 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2363 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2367 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
2369 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2373 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2374 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2375 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2376 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2377 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2380 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2383 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2385 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2386 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2389 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2390 This should not ever happen. */
2391 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2393 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2394 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2396 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2397 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2398 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2400 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2401 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2402 || b
->section
== NULL
2403 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2405 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2407 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2408 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2410 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2414 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2415 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2416 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2418 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2419 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2421 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2422 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2423 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2424 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2425 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2427 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2428 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2430 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2431 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2434 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2435 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2436 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2437 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2438 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2439 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2442 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2443 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2444 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2445 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2446 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2453 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2458 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2459 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2460 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2461 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2466 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2468 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2473 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2474 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2475 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2477 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2478 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2479 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2482 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2483 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2486 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2488 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2491 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2498 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2501 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2503 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2504 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2507 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2508 This should not ever happen. */
2509 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2511 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2513 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2515 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2517 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2521 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2524 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2526 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2529 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2533 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2534 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2536 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2539 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2540 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2541 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2546 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2548 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2549 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2551 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2553 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2555 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2558 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2560 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2561 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2567 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2574 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2575 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2578 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2580 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2582 case bp_shlib_event
:
2584 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2585 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2586 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2587 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2588 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2590 (gdb) file prog-linux
2591 (gdb) run # native linux target
2594 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2595 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2598 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2602 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2603 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2604 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2606 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2607 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2608 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2609 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2611 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2612 in insert_breakpoints. */
2614 value_free (b
->val
);
2624 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2625 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2626 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2627 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2630 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2631 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2632 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2633 match, not program space. */
2635 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2636 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2637 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2638 permanent breakpoint.
2639 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2640 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2641 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2642 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2643 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2645 enum breakpoint_here
2646 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2648 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2649 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2651 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2653 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2654 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2657 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2658 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2659 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2662 if (overlay_debugging
2663 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2664 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2665 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2666 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2667 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2669 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2673 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2676 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2679 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2681 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2684 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2685 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2692 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2693 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2694 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2695 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2698 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2700 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2702 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2704 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2705 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2709 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2712 if (overlay_debugging
2713 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2714 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2715 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2723 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2724 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2727 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2729 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2732 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2738 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2742 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2744 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2745 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2749 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2753 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2756 if (overlay_debugging
2757 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2758 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2759 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2765 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2766 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2773 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2774 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2776 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2780 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2782 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2783 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2786 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2789 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2790 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2794 /* Check for intersection. */
2795 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2796 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2804 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2805 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2808 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2811 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2812 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2816 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2818 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2819 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2822 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2823 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2826 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2830 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2832 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2833 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2834 it is now time to do so. */
2836 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2837 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2841 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2843 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2844 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2845 it is now time to do so. */
2847 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2848 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2852 if (overlay_debugging
2853 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2854 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2864 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2868 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2870 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2874 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2876 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2877 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2878 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
2882 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2883 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2886 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2903 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2904 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2907 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2911 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2916 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2918 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2919 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2920 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
2921 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2923 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2924 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2928 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2938 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2941 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2946 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2948 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2954 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2955 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2956 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2957 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2958 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2959 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2961 Return 1 otherwise. */
2964 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2966 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2969 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2971 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2972 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2973 this function might return the same number more
2974 than once and this will look ugly. */
2975 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2976 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2978 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2980 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2984 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2987 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2989 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2991 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
2992 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
2993 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2995 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3001 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3004 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3006 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3008 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3010 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3011 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3012 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3013 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3018 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3021 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
3023 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3025 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3028 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
3029 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
3030 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
3031 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3033 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3034 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3035 bpstat of the current thread. */
3038 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3041 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3044 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3046 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3049 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3050 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3052 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3055 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3056 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3058 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3059 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3060 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3062 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3064 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3065 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3066 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3067 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3068 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3069 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3070 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3071 the tree when we're done. */
3072 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3073 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3075 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3076 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3077 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3081 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3083 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3089 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3090 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3092 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3094 if (target_can_async_p ())
3095 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3096 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3097 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3100 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3101 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3102 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3103 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3104 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3105 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3106 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3107 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3108 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3109 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3110 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3111 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3112 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3117 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3122 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3124 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3125 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3126 && target_has_execution
3127 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3128 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3129 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3130 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3131 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3132 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3133 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
3137 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3140 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3146 struct value_print_options opts
;
3147 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3148 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3152 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3153 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3154 by having it set different print_it values.
3156 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3157 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3158 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3159 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3160 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3162 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3163 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3164 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3165 don't print anything else.
3166 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3167 that something to be followed by a location.
3168 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3169 that something to be followed by a location.
3170 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3173 static enum print_stop_action
3174 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3176 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3177 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3178 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3179 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3181 enum print_stop_action result
;
3183 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3184 which has since been deleted. */
3185 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3186 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3187 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3190 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3191 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3196 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3197 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3198 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3199 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3202 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3204 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3206 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3209 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3210 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3211 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3213 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3214 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3215 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3218 case bp_shlib_event
:
3219 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3220 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3221 to shlib event" message.) */
3222 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3223 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3226 case bp_thread_event
:
3227 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3228 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3229 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3230 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3233 case bp_overlay_event
:
3234 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3235 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3236 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3239 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3240 /* These should never be enabled. */
3241 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3242 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3245 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3246 /* These should never be enabled. */
3247 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3248 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3252 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3253 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3254 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3257 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3259 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3260 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3261 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3262 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3263 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3264 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3265 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3267 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3268 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3271 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3272 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3275 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3277 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3278 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3279 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3280 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3281 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3282 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3285 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3286 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3288 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3289 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3292 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3294 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3295 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3296 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3297 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3298 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3303 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3306 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3307 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3308 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3310 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3311 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3312 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3313 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3316 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3320 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3323 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3324 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3328 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3331 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3332 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3337 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3338 case bp_step_resume
:
3339 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3341 case bp_std_terminate
:
3343 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3346 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3350 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3354 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3355 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3356 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3357 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3360 static enum print_stop_action
3361 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3363 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3366 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3367 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3371 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3372 relevant messages. */
3373 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3376 case print_it_normal
:
3378 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3379 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3381 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3382 print_it_typical. */
3383 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3384 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3385 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3387 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3392 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3393 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3398 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3399 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3400 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3401 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3402 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3403 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3406 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3407 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3408 code to print the location. An example is
3409 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3411 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3412 to also print the location part of the message.
3413 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3414 don't require a location appended to the end.
3415 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3416 further info to be printed.*/
3418 enum print_stop_action
3419 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3423 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3424 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3425 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3426 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3427 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3429 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3430 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3431 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3432 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3436 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3437 with and nothing was printed. */
3438 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3441 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3442 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3443 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3444 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3447 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3449 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3450 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3451 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3455 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3458 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3462 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3464 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3465 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3466 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3467 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3469 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3473 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3474 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3477 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3479 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3481 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3483 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3485 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3486 as not triggered. */
3488 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3489 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3490 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3491 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3496 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3498 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3499 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3501 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3502 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3503 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3504 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3506 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3509 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3510 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3514 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3515 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3516 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3518 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3521 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3522 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3523 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3525 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3529 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3537 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3538 because of check_errors). */
3539 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3540 #define WP_DELETED 1
3541 /* The value has changed. */
3542 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3543 /* The value has not changed. */
3544 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3545 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3548 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3549 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3551 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3553 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3554 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3557 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3559 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3561 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3562 int within_current_scope
;
3564 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3566 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3567 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3568 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3569 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3572 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3573 within_current_scope
= 1;
3576 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3577 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3578 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3580 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3581 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3582 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3583 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3584 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3585 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3586 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3587 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3588 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3591 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3592 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3594 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3595 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3596 if (within_current_scope
)
3598 struct symbol
*function
;
3600 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3601 if (function
== NULL
3602 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3603 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3604 within_current_scope
= 0;
3607 if (within_current_scope
)
3608 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3609 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3614 if (within_current_scope
)
3616 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3617 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3618 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3619 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3621 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3622 struct value
*new_val
;
3624 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3626 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3627 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3628 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3629 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3630 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3632 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3634 release_value (new_val
);
3635 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3637 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3640 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3644 /* Nothing changed. */
3645 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3646 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3651 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3652 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3653 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3654 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3655 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3656 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3657 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3658 the first value assigned). */
3659 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3660 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3661 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3662 information here. */
3663 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3665 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3666 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3667 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3668 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3669 which its expression is valid.\n");
3671 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3673 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3674 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
3675 b
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
3677 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3683 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3684 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3685 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3687 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3688 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3690 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3692 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3694 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3697 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3698 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3699 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3700 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3701 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3702 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3704 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3707 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3708 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3709 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3713 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3714 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3715 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3716 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3717 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3718 (did not match the data address). */
3720 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3721 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3722 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3723 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3726 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3728 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3730 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3731 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3732 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3736 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3738 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3739 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3746 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3747 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3750 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3752 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3753 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3755 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3756 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3757 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3758 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3762 int must_check_value
= 0;
3764 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3765 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3767 must_check_value
= 1;
3768 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3769 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3770 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3772 must_check_value
= 1;
3773 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3774 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3775 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3776 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3777 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3778 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3779 must_check_value
= 1;
3781 if (must_check_value
)
3783 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3785 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3786 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3788 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3792 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3793 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3797 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3800 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3801 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3803 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3805 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3806 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3807 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3808 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3809 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3810 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3811 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3814 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3815 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3818 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3819 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3820 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3821 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3823 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3824 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3825 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3828 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3829 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3830 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3831 changes. This still gives false positives when
3832 the program writes the same value to memory as
3833 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3834 it for a read), but it's much better than
3837 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3839 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3841 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3843 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3844 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3845 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3846 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
3847 == watch_triggered_yes
))
3849 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3854 if (other_write_watchpoint
3855 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3857 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3858 and the value changed since the last time we
3859 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3861 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3866 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3867 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3868 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3870 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3871 the value hasn't changed. */
3872 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3880 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3881 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3882 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3883 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3884 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3885 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3886 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3890 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3892 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3893 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3894 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3895 anything for this watchpoint. */
3896 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3903 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3904 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3905 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3907 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3909 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3910 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3911 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3913 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3914 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3918 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3919 struct expression
*cond
;
3921 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3922 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3923 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3925 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3926 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3928 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3933 if (cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3935 int within_current_scope
= 1;
3937 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3938 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3939 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3940 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3942 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3944 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3945 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3946 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3947 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3948 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3950 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3951 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3954 struct frame_info
*frame
;
3956 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
3957 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
3958 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
3959 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
3960 really matter which instantiation of the function
3961 where the condition makes sense triggers the
3962 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
3963 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
3964 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
3965 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
3966 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
3967 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
3968 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
3970 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
3972 select_frame (frame
);
3974 within_current_scope
= 0;
3976 if (within_current_scope
)
3978 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
3979 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3983 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
3984 "in the current scope"));
3985 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
3986 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
3989 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3990 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3993 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3997 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4001 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4004 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4006 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
4014 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4015 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4017 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4018 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
4020 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4022 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4024 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4025 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4026 several reasons concurrently.)
4028 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4029 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4032 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4033 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4035 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4036 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4037 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4038 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
4039 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
4040 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4041 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
4043 int need_remove_insert
;
4045 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
4046 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
4047 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
4051 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4054 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4056 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
4057 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
4058 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
4059 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
4061 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4064 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4067 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4070 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
4072 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
4074 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
4075 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
4080 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4084 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4085 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4086 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
4087 /* We do not stop for these. */
4090 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4096 /* We will stop here */
4097 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4099 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4100 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4101 update_global_location_list (0);
4105 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4106 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4107 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4108 if (bs
->commands_left
4109 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4112 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4114 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4119 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4120 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4121 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4125 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4127 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
4130 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
4131 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4134 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4138 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
4140 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4141 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4142 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4144 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4145 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (root_bs
->next
))
4146 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4148 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
4149 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
4151 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4152 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
4153 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
4154 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
4155 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4158 if (need_remove_insert
)
4159 update_global_location_list (1);
4161 return root_bs
->next
;
4164 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
4166 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
4168 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
4171 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
4174 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
4177 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
4180 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
4183 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
4186 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
4189 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
4192 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
4195 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
4198 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
4201 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
4204 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
4208 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
4209 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
4210 enum bpstat_what codes. */
4211 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
4212 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
4213 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
4214 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
4215 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
4216 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
4217 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
4218 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
4219 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
4221 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
4222 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
4223 a bit confused, not unusable. */
4224 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
4226 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
4227 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
4228 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
4229 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
4230 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
4231 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
4232 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
4234 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
4235 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
4236 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
4237 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
4240 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
4241 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
4242 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
4243 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
4250 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
4251 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
4252 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
4253 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
4254 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
4256 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
4257 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
4258 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
4260 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
4261 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
4264 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
4265 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4266 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4267 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4268 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4269 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4270 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4271 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4272 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
4273 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
4274 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
4275 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
4289 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4290 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4292 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4293 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4295 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
4296 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4297 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
4298 which has since been deleted. */
4300 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
4301 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4303 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
4309 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4315 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4317 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4320 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4323 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4324 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4325 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4329 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
4331 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
4334 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4335 This requires no further action. */
4336 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4339 bs_class
= long_jump
;
4341 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4342 bs_class
= long_resume
;
4344 case bp_step_resume
:
4347 bs_class
= step_resume
;
4350 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4351 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4353 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4354 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4356 case bp_shlib_event
:
4357 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
4360 bs_class
= jit_event
;
4362 case bp_thread_event
:
4363 case bp_overlay_event
:
4364 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4365 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4366 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4372 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4374 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4377 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4378 This requires no further action. */
4379 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4382 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4383 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4384 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4385 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4387 case bp_std_terminate
:
4388 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4389 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4390 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4391 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4394 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4395 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4396 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4398 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4399 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4402 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
4404 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
4408 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4409 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4410 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4413 bpstat_should_step (void)
4415 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4417 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4423 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4425 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4434 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4436 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4437 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4439 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
4441 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4443 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4447 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4449 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4452 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4456 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4457 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4458 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
4459 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
4461 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4462 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4466 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4467 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4470 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4473 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4477 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4479 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4482 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4484 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4487 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4489 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4490 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4492 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4493 int print_address_bits
,
4496 struct command_line
*l
;
4498 struct ep_type_description
4503 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4505 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4506 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4507 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4508 {bp_until
, "until"},
4509 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4510 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4511 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4512 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4513 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4514 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4515 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4516 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4517 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4518 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4519 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4520 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4521 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4522 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4523 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4524 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4525 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4526 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4527 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4528 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4531 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4532 char wrap_indent
[80];
4533 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4534 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4535 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4537 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4538 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4539 struct value_print_options opts
;
4541 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4543 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4544 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4545 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4549 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4550 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4555 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4559 if (part_of_multiple
)
4562 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4563 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4568 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4573 if (part_of_multiple
)
4574 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4577 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4578 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4579 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4580 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4582 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4587 if (part_of_multiple
)
4588 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4590 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4595 if (part_of_multiple
)
4596 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4598 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4599 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4600 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4604 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4605 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4607 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4608 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4610 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4613 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4615 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4616 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4617 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4618 just one location. */
4619 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4620 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4626 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4627 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4631 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4632 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4633 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4634 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4635 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4636 is relatively readable). */
4637 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4638 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4640 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4644 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4648 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4649 case bp_step_resume
:
4650 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4652 case bp_std_terminate
:
4653 case bp_shlib_event
:
4654 case bp_thread_event
:
4655 case bp_overlay_event
:
4656 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4657 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4659 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4661 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4664 if (header_of_multiple
)
4665 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4666 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4667 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4669 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4670 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4673 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4674 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4681 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4684 && !header_of_multiple
4686 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4687 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4688 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4689 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4691 struct inferior
*inf
;
4694 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4696 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4701 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4704 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4705 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4710 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4712 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4714 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4715 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4716 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4717 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4719 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4721 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4722 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4726 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4728 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4731 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4732 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4734 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4735 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4736 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4739 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4741 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4742 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4743 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4745 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4746 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4748 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4750 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4753 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4755 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4756 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4757 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4758 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4761 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4763 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4764 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4765 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4767 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4768 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4769 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4770 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4771 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4773 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4776 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4777 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4779 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4780 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4782 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4785 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4786 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4787 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4790 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4791 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4793 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4796 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4797 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4798 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4801 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4803 annotate_field (10);
4804 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4805 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4806 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4809 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4812 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4813 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4814 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4817 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4818 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4822 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4823 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4826 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4827 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4829 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4830 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4831 locations, if any. */
4832 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4834 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4835 disabled, we print it as if it had
4836 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4837 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4839 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4840 several locations internally, that's no a property
4843 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4844 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4845 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4847 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4849 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4850 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4851 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4857 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4859 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4860 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4862 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4866 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4867 an address to print. */
4868 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
4871 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4872 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4873 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4876 return print_address_bits
;
4879 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4885 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4887 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4888 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4889 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4892 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4894 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4895 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4903 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4905 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4907 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4909 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4910 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4916 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4917 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4920 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4922 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4923 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4924 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4925 || is_tracepoint (b
)
4926 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4927 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4928 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4929 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4932 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4933 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
4934 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
4935 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
4936 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
4937 breakpoints listed. */
4940 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
, int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
4942 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4943 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4944 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4945 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4946 struct value_print_options opts
;
4947 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4949 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4951 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4952 size required for address fields. */
4953 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4956 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4958 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
4959 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
4962 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4964 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4965 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4966 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4968 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4972 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4974 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4978 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4981 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4982 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4983 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4985 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4986 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4988 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4989 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4991 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4992 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4994 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4995 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4997 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4999 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5000 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
5002 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
5004 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5006 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5007 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5008 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5009 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5015 || bnum
== b
->number
)
5017 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5018 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5021 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5023 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
5024 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
5028 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5030 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5032 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report empty list. */
5036 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5038 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
5044 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5045 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5048 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5049 there have been breakpoints? */
5050 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5052 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5055 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5056 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5059 default_collect_info (void)
5061 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5062 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5064 if (!*default_collect
)
5067 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5070 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5071 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5075 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5080 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
5082 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0, NULL
);
5084 default_collect_info ();
5088 watchpoints_info (char *wpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5090 int wpnum
= -1, num_printed
;
5093 wpnum
= parse_and_eval_long (wpnum_exp
);
5095 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (wpnum
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5097 if (num_printed
== 0)
5100 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5102 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint number %d.\n", wpnum
);
5107 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5112 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
5114 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1, NULL
);
5116 default_collect_info ();
5120 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5121 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5122 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5124 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5125 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5127 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5128 && bl
->address
== pc
5129 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5135 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5136 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5140 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5141 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5142 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5145 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5148 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5152 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5153 else /* if (others == ???) */
5154 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5156 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5159 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5160 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5161 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5162 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5163 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5164 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5165 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5166 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5167 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5169 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5173 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5175 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5176 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5177 printf_filtered (".\n");
5181 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5182 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5185 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5186 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5189 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5190 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5191 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5192 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5193 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5196 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5197 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5198 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5199 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5201 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
5202 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
5203 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
5211 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5213 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5215 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5218 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5219 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5222 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5224 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5225 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5226 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5227 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5228 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5229 become hw_access locations later. */
5230 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5231 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5232 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5233 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5236 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5237 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5238 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5239 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5242 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5243 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5245 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5246 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5250 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5251 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5252 represent the same location. */
5255 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5257 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5258 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5260 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5263 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5265 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5266 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
5270 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5271 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5276 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5277 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5279 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5280 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5282 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5285 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
5286 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
5287 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
5288 this function is simply the identity function. */
5291 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5292 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5294 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5296 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5299 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5300 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5301 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5302 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5303 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5305 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5306 have their addresses modified. */
5311 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5313 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5314 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5315 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5317 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5318 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5320 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5321 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5323 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5327 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5329 static struct bp_location
*
5330 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5332 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
5334 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5335 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5339 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5348 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5349 case bp_step_resume
:
5350 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5352 case bp_std_terminate
:
5353 case bp_shlib_event
:
5354 case bp_thread_event
:
5355 case bp_overlay_event
:
5357 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5358 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5359 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5361 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5362 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5364 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5365 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5366 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5367 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5372 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5373 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5376 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5382 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5387 if (loc
->function_name
)
5388 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5393 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5394 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5395 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
5397 static struct breakpoint
*
5398 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5401 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5403 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5404 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5407 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5408 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5409 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5411 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5414 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5416 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5417 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5418 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5419 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5421 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5423 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
5424 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
5425 of increasing numbers. */
5427 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5429 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5439 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5441 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5443 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5444 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5445 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5447 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
5449 if (loc
->function_name
)
5450 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5454 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5455 static struct gdbarch
*
5456 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5459 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5461 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5466 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5467 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5468 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5469 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5470 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5471 is also returned as the value of this function.
5473 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5474 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5475 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5476 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5477 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5478 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5479 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5482 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5483 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5485 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
5486 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5487 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5489 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5491 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5493 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5494 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5496 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5497 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5498 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5499 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5500 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5501 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5502 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
5504 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5505 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5506 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5507 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5508 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5510 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5511 breakpoint resetting. */
5512 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5514 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5515 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5517 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5518 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5519 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5521 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
5523 breakpoints_changed ();
5529 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5530 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5532 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5534 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5535 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5537 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5538 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5539 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5540 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5541 but it's easy to implmement. */
5542 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5546 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5547 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5548 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5551 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5553 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5555 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5556 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5557 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5558 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5560 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5561 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5563 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5564 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5565 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5569 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5571 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5573 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5576 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5578 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5579 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5584 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5586 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5589 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5591 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5592 update_global_location_list (1);
5593 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5598 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5600 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5603 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5605 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5606 update_global_location_list (0);
5607 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5611 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5612 master breakpoint. */
5614 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5616 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5619 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5620 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
5622 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5623 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
5627 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5629 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5631 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5634 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
5635 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5639 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5641 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5643 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5645 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5646 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5648 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5650 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5656 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5658 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5661 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5662 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5663 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5666 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5669 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5670 char ***addr_string_p
;
5674 struct lang_and_radix
5680 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5683 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5687 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5688 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5693 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5695 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5698 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5699 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5700 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5704 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5706 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5708 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5709 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5713 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5714 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5717 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5719 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5721 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5723 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5724 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5725 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5726 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5727 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5728 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5729 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5730 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
5731 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5732 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
5733 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5734 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5736 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5738 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5742 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5747 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5748 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5751 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5753 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5754 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5756 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5757 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5758 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5759 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5760 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5761 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5764 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5766 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5767 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5768 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5769 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5770 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5771 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5772 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
5773 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5774 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5776 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5777 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5778 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5779 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5781 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5783 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5784 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5787 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5792 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5794 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5797 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5799 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5802 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5805 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5807 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5810 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5814 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5816 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5819 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5821 static enum print_stop_action
5822 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5824 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5825 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5826 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5827 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5830 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5833 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5835 struct value_print_options opts
;
5837 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5839 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5840 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5841 is relatively readable). */
5842 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5843 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5845 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5846 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5848 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5849 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5850 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5851 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5855 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5859 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5861 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5864 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5866 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5870 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5871 print_it_catch_fork
,
5872 print_one_catch_fork
,
5873 print_mention_catch_fork
5876 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5879 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5881 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5884 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5887 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5889 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5892 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5896 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5898 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5901 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5903 static enum print_stop_action
5904 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5906 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5907 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5908 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5909 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5912 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5915 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5917 struct value_print_options opts
;
5919 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5920 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5921 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5922 is relatively readable). */
5923 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5924 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5927 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5929 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5930 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5931 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5932 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5936 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5940 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5942 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5945 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5947 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5951 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5952 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5953 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5954 print_mention_catch_vfork
5957 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5961 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5963 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5965 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5966 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5967 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5972 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5976 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5978 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5979 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5981 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5982 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5984 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5985 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5987 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5988 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5992 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5993 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5994 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5995 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5996 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5999 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6003 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6005 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6007 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6008 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6009 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6014 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6018 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6019 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6021 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6022 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6026 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6027 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6028 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6029 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6030 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6033 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6037 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6039 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
6040 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
6041 syscall we are catching. */
6042 int syscall_number
= 0;
6044 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6047 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6048 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6052 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6054 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6064 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6067 static enum print_stop_action
6068 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6070 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6071 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6072 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6073 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6075 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6077 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6080 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6082 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6084 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6087 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6089 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6091 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6093 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6094 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6095 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6096 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6097 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6098 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6100 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6102 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6105 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6109 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6110 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6112 struct value_print_options opts
;
6114 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6115 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6116 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6117 is relatively readable). */
6118 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6119 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6122 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6123 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6124 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6128 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6131 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6133 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6138 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6141 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6143 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6145 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6146 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6150 /* Remove the last comma. */
6151 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6155 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6159 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6163 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6165 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6169 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6170 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6172 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6175 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6179 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6182 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6184 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6186 printf_filtered (")");
6189 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6193 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6195 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6197 insert_catch_syscall
,
6198 remove_catch_syscall
,
6199 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6200 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6201 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6202 print_mention_catch_syscall
6205 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6208 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6210 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6213 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6214 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6215 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6216 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6218 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6219 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6220 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6221 to the catchpoint. */
6223 static struct breakpoint
*
6224 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6226 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6228 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6229 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6232 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6234 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6235 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6236 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6238 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6240 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6241 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6242 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6248 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6250 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6251 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6252 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6253 to the catchpoint. */
6255 static struct breakpoint
*
6256 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6257 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6259 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6260 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6263 update_global_location_list (1);
6269 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6270 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6271 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6273 struct breakpoint
*b
6274 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6276 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6278 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6281 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6284 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6286 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6290 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6292 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6296 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6298 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
6301 static enum print_stop_action
6302 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6304 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6305 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6307 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6311 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6313 struct value_print_options opts
;
6315 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6317 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6318 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6319 is relatively readable). */
6320 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6321 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6323 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6324 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6326 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6327 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6328 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6333 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6335 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6338 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6342 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6343 print_it_catch_exec
,
6344 print_one_catch_exec
,
6345 print_mention_catch_exec
6349 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6350 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6352 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6353 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6354 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6356 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6358 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6361 update_global_location_list (1);
6365 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6372 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6380 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6382 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6385 *other_type_used
= 0;
6388 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6390 if (b
->type
== type
)
6392 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6393 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
6394 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6395 *other_type_used
= 1;
6402 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6408 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
6409 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
6410 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
6411 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6412 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6414 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6415 update_global_location_list (0);
6421 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6423 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6427 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
6428 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
6429 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
6430 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6431 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
6433 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6434 update_global_location_list (1);
6440 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6447 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6450 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6451 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6452 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6454 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6460 update_global_location_list (0);
6462 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
6466 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6468 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6471 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
6475 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6478 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6479 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6480 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
6482 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6488 breakpoint_re_set ();
6492 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6493 at address specified by SAL.
6494 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6497 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
6498 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
6500 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6502 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6504 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
6506 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6507 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6508 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6509 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
6511 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6512 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6513 single thread of control. */
6514 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
6515 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
6517 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6522 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6526 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
6528 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
6530 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6534 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
6535 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
6536 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
6538 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
6539 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
6540 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
6541 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
6542 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
6544 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
6545 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
6547 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
6549 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
6550 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
6551 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
6552 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
6554 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6555 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6556 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
6558 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6563 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6566 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6568 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6570 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6571 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6573 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6577 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6580 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6583 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6584 struct value_print_options opts
;
6586 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6588 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6589 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6590 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6591 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6592 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6594 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6595 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6600 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6603 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6604 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6605 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6606 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6607 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6608 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6610 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6611 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6612 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6613 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6614 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6615 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6616 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6618 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6619 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6620 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6621 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6622 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6623 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6624 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6626 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6627 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6628 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6629 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6630 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6631 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6632 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6635 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6640 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6641 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6643 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6644 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6647 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6653 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6657 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6662 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6663 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6666 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6672 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6673 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6680 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6681 case bp_step_resume
:
6683 case bp_std_terminate
:
6684 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6685 case bp_shlib_event
:
6686 case bp_thread_event
:
6687 case bp_overlay_event
:
6689 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6690 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6696 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6700 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6704 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6706 printf_filtered (" at ");
6707 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6711 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6712 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6716 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6718 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6720 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6727 printf_filtered ("\n");
6731 static struct bp_location
*
6732 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6733 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6735 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6737 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6738 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6741 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6743 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6744 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6745 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6746 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6747 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6748 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6749 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6751 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6756 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6757 return 0 otherwise. */
6760 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6764 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6765 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6766 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6769 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6771 addr
= loc
->address
;
6772 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6774 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6778 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6780 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6781 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6782 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6783 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6786 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6788 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6789 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6792 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6799 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6800 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6801 as condition expression. */
6804 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6805 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6807 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6808 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6809 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6811 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6814 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6816 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6817 int target_resources_ok
=
6818 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6820 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6821 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6822 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6823 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6826 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6828 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6830 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6831 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6835 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6837 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6839 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6840 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6845 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6846 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6847 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6851 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6852 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6853 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6854 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6856 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6858 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6859 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6860 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6861 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6867 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6870 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6871 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6875 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6876 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6878 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6883 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6885 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6888 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6894 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6895 elements to fill the void space. */
6897 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6899 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6900 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6902 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6903 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6908 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6909 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6910 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6911 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6912 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6913 single expanded sal, return the original.
6915 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6916 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6917 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6918 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6919 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6921 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6922 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6924 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6925 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6926 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6929 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6931 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6932 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6933 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6936 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6937 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6943 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6945 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6947 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6949 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6950 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6952 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6954 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6955 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6956 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6958 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6959 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6960 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6961 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6962 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6966 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6968 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6969 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6971 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6972 char *this_function
;
6974 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6976 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6978 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6979 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6982 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6984 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6991 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6992 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6993 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6995 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6997 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6999 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
7000 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
7001 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
7002 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7004 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7005 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7006 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7013 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7014 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7025 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7026 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7027 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7028 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7029 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7030 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7031 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7032 we take just a single condition string.
7034 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7035 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7036 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7037 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7038 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7041 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7042 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
7044 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7045 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7046 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7050 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7052 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7053 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7055 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
7056 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7057 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
7061 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7062 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7063 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7064 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
7067 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7068 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7069 char ***addr_string
,
7072 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7073 *addr_string
= NULL
;
7074 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7076 if ((*address
) == NULL
7077 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7079 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7081 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7082 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7083 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7084 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7085 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7086 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7087 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7088 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7089 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7091 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
7092 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
7093 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
7094 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
7096 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7098 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7102 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7106 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7107 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
7108 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
7109 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7110 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7111 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7113 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7115 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7117 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7118 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7119 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7120 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
7123 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7124 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
7126 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7127 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
7128 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
7129 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7132 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7134 /* Add the string if not present. */
7135 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
7136 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
7142 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7143 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7146 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7150 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7151 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7154 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7155 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7156 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7157 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7158 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7162 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7163 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7166 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7168 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7170 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7172 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7174 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7176 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7179 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7180 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7182 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7187 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
7189 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
7191 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
7192 args
->not_found_ptr
);
7195 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7196 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7197 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7198 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7199 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7200 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7202 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7203 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7205 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7211 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7212 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7213 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7218 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7221 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7223 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7225 struct expression
*expr
;
7227 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7228 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7231 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7232 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7234 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7240 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7242 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7243 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7244 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7246 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7252 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7254 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7255 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7256 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7259 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7263 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7264 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7265 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7266 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7267 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
7268 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
7269 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
7270 was created; false otherwise. */
7273 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7274 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7275 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7276 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
7278 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7279 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7283 struct gdb_exception e
;
7284 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7285 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
7288 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7290 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7291 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7292 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
7296 enum bptype type_wanted
;
7298 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7304 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
7305 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
7306 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
7307 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
7309 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
7310 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
7312 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7316 throw_exception (e
);
7320 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7322 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7325 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7326 throw_exception (e
);
7328 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7330 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7331 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7332 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7333 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
7336 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7337 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7338 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7339 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7340 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7341 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
7343 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
7348 throw_exception (e
);
7355 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7356 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7360 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7361 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
7363 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
7364 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7367 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7368 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7369 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7370 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7371 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7373 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
7374 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7375 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7377 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
7378 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
7381 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7382 are ok for the target. */
7384 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
7386 type_wanted
= (traceflag
7387 ? (hardwareflag
? bp_fast_tracepoint
: bp_tracepoint
)
7388 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
7390 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7391 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
7392 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
7394 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7395 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7399 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
7401 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7402 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7403 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7404 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7407 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7410 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7414 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7417 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7418 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7421 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
,
7422 type_wanted
, tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7423 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
7428 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
7429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7431 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7433 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
7434 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7435 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7437 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
7438 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7439 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7440 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7441 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7443 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7444 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7446 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7447 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7448 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7449 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7456 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7457 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7458 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
7461 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7463 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7464 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7465 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7467 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7468 update_global_location_list (1);
7473 /* Set a breakpoint.
7474 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7475 condition, and thread.
7476 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7477 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7481 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7483 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
7484 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7486 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7488 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7489 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7490 0 /* Ignore count */,
7491 pending_break_support
,
7492 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
7499 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7502 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7506 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7508 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7509 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7510 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7513 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7514 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7515 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7516 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7519 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7521 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7525 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7528 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7531 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7532 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7536 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7537 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7538 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7541 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7542 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7544 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7546 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7548 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7550 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7557 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7559 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7563 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7565 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7569 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7571 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7575 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7577 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7581 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7583 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7584 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7585 stop at <line>\n"));
7589 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7593 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7595 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7600 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7601 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7602 function/method name */
7603 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7605 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7610 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7612 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7616 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7618 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7622 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7626 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7633 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7634 it is probably a line number. */
7635 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7637 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7642 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7644 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7648 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7650 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7653 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7654 hw_read: watch read,
7655 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7657 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7659 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7660 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7661 struct expression
*exp
;
7662 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
7663 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7664 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7665 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7666 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7667 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7669 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7670 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7671 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7672 enum bptype bp_type
;
7676 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7677 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7679 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7681 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7682 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7684 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7685 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7686 be the thread identifier. */
7687 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7689 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7692 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7693 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7695 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7696 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7697 reach a "thread" token. */
7698 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7703 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7706 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7707 calculate the length of the token. */
7709 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7711 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7713 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7714 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7715 only in a specific thread. */
7718 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7719 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7721 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7723 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7724 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7726 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7727 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7728 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7730 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7731 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7732 evaluate_expression() function. */
7737 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7738 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7740 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7742 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7743 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7745 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7748 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7749 mark
= value_mark ();
7750 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7752 release_value (val
);
7755 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7759 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7762 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7763 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7765 struct expression
*cond
;
7767 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7768 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7769 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7771 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
7772 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
7773 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7779 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7781 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7782 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7783 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7784 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7786 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7788 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7789 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7790 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7793 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7794 target_resources_ok
=
7795 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7797 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7798 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7800 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7801 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7804 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7805 watchpoint could not be set. */
7806 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7807 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7809 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7811 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7812 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7813 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7814 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7815 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
7817 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7820 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7821 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7822 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7824 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7826 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7827 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7829 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7830 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7832 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7833 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7834 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7835 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7836 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7837 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7838 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7839 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7840 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7844 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7845 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7846 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7847 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7849 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7851 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7852 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
7853 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7857 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7863 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7864 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7868 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7869 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7872 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7874 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7875 need to act on them together. */
7876 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7877 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7880 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7882 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7883 that should be inserted. */
7884 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7887 update_global_location_list (1);
7890 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7891 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7892 in hardware return zero. */
7895 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7897 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7898 struct value
*head
= v
;
7900 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7901 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7904 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7905 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7906 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7907 hardware watchpoint.
7909 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7910 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7911 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7912 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7913 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7914 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7915 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7916 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7917 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7919 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7920 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7921 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7922 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7923 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7925 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7928 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7929 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7930 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7934 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7935 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7936 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7938 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7939 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7940 middle of some value chain. */
7942 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7943 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7945 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7946 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7948 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7955 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7956 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7957 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7958 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7959 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7962 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7963 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7964 return found_memory_cnt
;
7968 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7970 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7974 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7976 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7980 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7982 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7986 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7988 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7992 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7994 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7998 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8000 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
8004 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
8005 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
8007 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
8009 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
8010 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
8013 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
8014 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
8015 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
8018 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
8020 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
8022 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
8024 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
8028 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
8030 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8031 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8032 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
8033 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
8034 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
8035 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8037 clear_proceed_status ();
8039 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
8042 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
8043 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
8044 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
8046 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
8047 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
8049 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8050 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
8053 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
8056 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8058 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8061 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
8062 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
8063 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
8064 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
8066 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
8067 at the very same frame. */
8068 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
8069 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
8072 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
8074 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
8077 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
8079 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
8080 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
8081 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
8083 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
8085 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
8088 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
8090 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
8091 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
8092 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
8093 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
8095 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
8097 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
8098 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
8100 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
8101 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
8103 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
8104 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
8105 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
8109 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8113 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
8115 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
8117 while (isspace (**s
))
8121 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
8122 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
8124 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
8125 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
8126 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
8127 if clause in the arg string. */
8130 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
8134 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
8137 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
8140 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
8141 condition string. */
8142 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
8145 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
8146 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
8151 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
8152 process start/exit, etc. */
8156 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
8157 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
8162 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8164 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8165 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8166 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
8169 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
8170 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
8171 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
8175 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8177 /* The allowed syntax is:
8179 catch [v]fork if <cond>
8181 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8182 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
8184 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
8185 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8187 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
8188 and enable reporting of such events. */
8191 case catch_fork_temporary
:
8192 case catch_fork_permanent
:
8193 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
8194 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
8196 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
8197 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
8198 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
8199 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
8202 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
8208 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8210 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8212 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8214 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8218 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8220 /* The allowed syntax is:
8222 catch exec if <cond>
8224 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8225 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
8227 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
8228 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8230 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
8231 and enable reporting of such events. */
8232 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
8233 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
8236 static enum print_stop_action
8237 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8239 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
8241 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8243 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
8244 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
8245 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
8248 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
8250 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
8252 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8253 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8255 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
8256 : " (exception caught), ");
8257 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8260 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8261 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8262 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8264 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8268 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8270 struct value_print_options opts
;
8271 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8272 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8275 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8276 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
8278 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
8279 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
8284 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
8285 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
8287 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
8291 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8296 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
8297 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
8298 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
8299 : _("Catchpoint "));
8300 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8301 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
8305 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
8308 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8309 print_exception_catchpoint
,
8310 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
8311 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
8315 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8316 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
8318 char *trigger_func_name
;
8320 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
8321 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
8323 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
8325 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8326 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
8327 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
8330 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
8331 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
8337 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
8340 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
8341 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
8343 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8344 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
8348 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8350 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
8352 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
8353 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8355 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
8356 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
8357 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
8359 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
8362 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
8365 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
8368 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8370 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8371 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8374 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
8377 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8379 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8380 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8383 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
8386 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8387 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8391 struct expression
*cond
,
8392 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8396 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8400 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8402 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8404 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8405 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
8406 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8407 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8408 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8409 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8410 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8411 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8412 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8413 enough for now, though. */
8416 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
8417 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8419 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8420 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8421 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8422 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
8423 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
8424 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8425 b
->language
= language_ada
;
8426 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8427 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
8432 update_global_location_list (1);
8435 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8438 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8439 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8441 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8443 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8445 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8446 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
8447 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8448 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
8449 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8451 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8455 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
8456 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
8457 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
8458 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
8462 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8464 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
8466 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
8467 VEC_free (int, iter
);
8470 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8471 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8473 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
8475 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
8476 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
8478 while (*arg
!= '\0')
8480 int i
, syscall_number
;
8485 /* Skip whitespace. */
8486 while (isspace (*arg
))
8489 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
8490 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
8494 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8495 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
8496 if (*endptr
== '\0')
8497 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
8500 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8502 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
8504 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
8505 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8506 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8508 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
8511 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8512 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
8515 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8519 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8522 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8527 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8529 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8530 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8531 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8532 this architeture yet."));
8534 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8536 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8538 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8539 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8540 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8541 for his/her architecture. */
8542 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8544 /* The allowed syntax is:
8546 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8548 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8551 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8555 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8556 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8559 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8562 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8564 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8566 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8567 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8568 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8570 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8574 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8575 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8576 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8580 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8582 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8587 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8589 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8592 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8595 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8597 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8598 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8601 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8602 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8607 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8612 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8613 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8614 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8615 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8616 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8617 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8618 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8619 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8620 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8621 error (_("No source file specified."));
8629 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8630 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8631 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8632 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8633 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8635 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8636 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8637 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8638 due to optimization, all in one block.
8639 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8640 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8641 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8642 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8643 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8646 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8647 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8648 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8652 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8654 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8655 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8656 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8659 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8664 1 0 <can't happen> */
8668 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8673 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8674 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8675 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8676 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8677 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8678 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8680 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8681 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8683 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8684 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8685 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8686 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8687 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8688 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8689 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8690 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8691 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8692 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8693 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8694 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8703 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8706 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8707 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8710 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8712 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8715 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8716 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8719 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8720 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8722 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8724 breakpoints_changed ();
8726 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8729 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8730 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8733 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8736 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8737 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8738 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8741 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8743 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8745 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8746 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8747 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8748 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8750 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8754 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8755 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8759 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8760 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8761 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8762 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8763 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8766 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8768 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8769 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8770 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8771 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8773 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8774 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8776 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8777 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8778 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8780 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8781 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8783 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8784 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8785 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8787 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8790 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8791 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8792 the bp_location array. */
8795 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8797 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8799 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8800 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8802 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8804 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8806 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8809 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8810 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8812 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8813 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8814 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8815 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8817 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8819 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8820 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8821 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8822 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8826 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8827 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8828 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8829 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8830 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8831 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8832 returns true on them.
8834 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8835 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8836 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8837 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8838 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8839 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8842 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8844 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8845 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8846 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8848 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8849 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8850 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8851 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8852 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8854 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8855 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8856 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8857 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8859 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8860 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8861 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8862 unsigned old_location_count
;
8864 old_location
= bp_location
;
8865 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8867 bp_location_count
= 0;
8868 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8871 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8872 bp_location_count
++;
8874 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8877 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8879 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8880 bp_location_compare
);
8882 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8884 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8885 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8886 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8887 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8888 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8890 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8891 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8894 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8897 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8898 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8900 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8902 int found_object
= 0;
8903 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8904 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8907 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8908 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8909 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8910 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8914 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8915 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8918 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8925 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8926 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8927 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8928 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8931 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8933 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8935 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8937 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8938 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8943 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8944 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8945 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8947 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8950 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8951 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8954 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8956 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8958 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8959 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8960 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8962 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
8963 access watchpoints, if the former are not
8964 supported, but the latter are. */
8965 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8967 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
8968 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
8971 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8974 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8983 if (!keep_in_target
)
8985 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8987 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8988 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8989 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8992 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8993 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8994 after calling us. */
8995 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8996 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
9004 if (removed
&& non_stop
9005 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
9006 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
9008 /* This location was removed from the target. In
9009 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
9010 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
9011 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
9012 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
9013 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
9014 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
9015 after we see some number of events. The theory here
9016 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
9017 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
9018 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
9019 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
9020 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
9021 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
9024 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
9025 decr_pc_after_break targets.
9027 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
9028 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
9029 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
9030 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
9031 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
9032 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
9033 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
9034 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
9035 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
9036 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
9037 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
9038 targets that do not support new thread events, like
9039 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
9042 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
9043 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
9044 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
9045 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
9047 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
9048 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
9049 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
9050 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
9051 traps we can no longer explain. */
9053 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
9054 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
9056 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
9059 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
9063 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
9064 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
9065 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
9066 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
9067 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
9068 are sorted first for the same address.
9070 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
9071 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
9073 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9074 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9075 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9076 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9077 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
9079 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
9080 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
9082 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
9083 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
9084 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
9086 || loc
->shlib_disabled
9087 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
9088 || is_tracepoint (b
))
9091 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
9092 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
9093 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9094 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
9095 "actually inserted"));
9097 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
9098 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
9099 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
9100 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
9101 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9102 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
9104 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
9106 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
9107 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
9108 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
9117 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
9118 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9119 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9120 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
9121 "a permanent breakpoint"));
9124 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
9125 && (have_live_inferiors ()
9126 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
9127 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
9129 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9133 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
9135 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9138 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
9139 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
9141 free_bp_location (loc
);
9142 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
9148 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
9150 struct gdb_exception e
;
9151 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9152 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
9155 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
9157 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9160 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
9161 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
9163 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
9165 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
9169 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
9171 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
9173 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
9174 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
9178 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
9182 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9184 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9185 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
9187 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
9189 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
9190 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
9192 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
9193 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
9194 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
9195 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
9196 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
9198 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
9199 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
9200 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
9201 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
9202 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
9205 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
9206 breakpoints gets resolved. */
9207 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9209 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
9210 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
9211 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9212 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9215 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
9217 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
9218 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
9223 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
9227 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
9228 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
9229 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
9230 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
9232 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
9233 value_free (bpt
->val
);
9234 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
9235 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
9236 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
9238 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
9239 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
9240 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
9241 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
9242 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
9243 if we remove it here, then the later call to
9244 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
9245 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
9246 with commands won't work. */
9248 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
9250 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
9251 list, update the global location list. This
9252 will remove locations that used to belong to
9253 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
9254 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
9255 looks at location's owner. It might be better
9256 design to have location completely self-contained,
9257 but it's not the case now. */
9258 update_global_location_list (0);
9261 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
9262 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
9263 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
9269 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
9271 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9275 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9277 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
9280 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9281 delete_breakpoint. */
9284 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
9286 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9290 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9292 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9298 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9300 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9301 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9302 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9305 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
9306 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate
9307 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
9308 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
9309 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
9310 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
9311 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
9312 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate_master
9315 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9320 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9322 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
9324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9326 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
9327 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate
9328 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
9329 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
9330 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
9331 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
9332 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
9333 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate_master
9335 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9340 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
9344 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9346 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9347 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9352 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
9353 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
9354 Null names are ignored. */
9357 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9359 struct bp_location
*l
;
9360 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
9361 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
9362 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
9364 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9367 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
9369 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
9373 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
9375 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
9390 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9391 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
9395 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
9397 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
9398 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
9399 the common case where all locations are in the same
9400 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
9401 retain the location, so that when the library
9402 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
9403 status of the individual locations. */
9404 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
9409 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9411 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
9412 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
9414 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9416 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
9418 struct gdb_exception e
;
9421 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9423 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
9428 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9429 b
->number
, e
.message
);
9430 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
9434 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
9435 xfree (b
->source_file
);
9436 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
9437 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
9439 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
9441 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
9442 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
9445 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
9446 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9447 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9449 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
9451 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
9452 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
9453 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
9454 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
9455 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
9456 often enough until a better solution is found. */
9457 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
9459 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
9461 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
9463 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
9464 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
9466 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9467 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
9468 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
9476 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9477 if (l
->function_name
9478 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
9488 update_global_location_list (1);
9492 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
9493 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
9494 Unused in this case. */
9497 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
9499 /* get past catch_errs */
9500 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
9504 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
9505 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
9506 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
9508 enum enable_state save_enable
;
9509 struct gdb_exception e
;
9510 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
9515 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9519 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9521 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9522 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9523 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
9526 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
9528 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9529 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9533 set_language (b
->language
);
9534 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
9537 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9538 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
9540 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9542 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
9547 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
9548 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9549 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9550 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9551 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9552 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9553 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9555 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9556 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9557 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9558 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9560 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9562 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9563 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9564 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9565 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9566 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9567 which approach is better. */
9568 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9569 throw_exception (e
);
9575 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9577 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9578 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9580 char *cond_string
= 0;
9584 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9585 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9587 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9590 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9593 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9596 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9597 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9601 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9602 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9603 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9604 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9605 or it can be on local variables.
9607 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9608 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9609 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9612 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9613 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9614 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9615 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9616 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9617 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9619 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9620 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9621 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9622 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9624 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9625 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9627 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9628 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9629 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9631 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9632 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9638 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9640 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9641 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9642 case bp_overlay_event
:
9643 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9644 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
9645 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9648 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9649 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9650 case bp_shlib_event
:
9652 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9653 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9654 case bp_thread_event
:
9656 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9657 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9658 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9659 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9662 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9664 case bp_std_terminate
:
9665 case bp_step_resume
:
9667 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9672 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9676 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9678 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9680 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9681 enum language save_language
;
9682 int save_input_radix
;
9683 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9685 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9686 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9687 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9691 /* Format possible error msg */
9692 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9694 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9695 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9696 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9698 set_language (save_language
);
9699 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9701 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9705 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9706 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9707 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9708 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9709 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9710 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
9713 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9715 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9716 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9718 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9720 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9722 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9723 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9725 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9726 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9727 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9729 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9733 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9734 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9735 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9738 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9740 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9746 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9748 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
9750 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
9751 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
9756 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9760 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9762 else if (count
== 1)
9763 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9766 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9769 breakpoints_changed ();
9770 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9774 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9778 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9780 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9784 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9787 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9793 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9795 num
= get_number (&p
);
9797 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9799 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9801 set_ignore_count (num
,
9802 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9805 printf_filtered ("\n");
9808 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9809 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9812 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
9819 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9823 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9830 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9833 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9838 if (b
->number
== num
)
9840 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9843 if (related_breakpoint
)
9844 function (related_breakpoint
, data
);
9848 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9854 static struct bp_location
*
9855 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9857 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9862 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9867 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9869 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9872 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9877 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9878 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9881 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9883 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9887 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9890 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9896 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9897 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9898 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9901 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9903 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9904 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9905 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9906 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9909 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9910 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9913 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9915 update_global_location_list (0);
9917 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9920 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9921 disable_breakpoint. */
9924 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
9926 disable_breakpoint (b
);
9930 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9932 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9934 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9938 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9943 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9945 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9947 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9948 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9949 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9950 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9954 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9956 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9959 update_global_location_list (0);
9962 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
9966 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9968 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9971 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9974 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9975 target_resources_ok
=
9976 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9978 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9979 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9980 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9981 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9984 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9985 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9986 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9987 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9989 struct gdb_exception e
;
9991 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9993 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9997 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
10003 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10004 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10005 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
10006 update_global_location_list (1);
10007 breakpoints_changed ();
10009 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
10014 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10016 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
10019 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10020 enable_breakpoint. */
10023 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10025 enable_breakpoint (b
);
10028 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
10029 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
10030 in stopping the inferior. */
10033 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10035 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
10037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
10041 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10044 case bp_breakpoint
:
10045 case bp_tracepoint
:
10046 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
10047 case bp_catchpoint
:
10048 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
10049 case bp_watchpoint
:
10050 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10051 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10052 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10053 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
10057 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
10059 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
10062 update_global_location_list (1);
10065 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10069 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
10071 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
10075 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10077 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10081 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
10083 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
10087 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10089 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10093 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10098 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10102 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
10103 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
10107 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
10108 const bfd_byte
*data
)
10110 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
10112 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
10113 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
10114 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
10115 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
10117 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10119 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10120 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
10121 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
10122 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
10124 value_free (bp
->val
);
10131 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
10133 struct symtabs_and_lines
10134 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
10136 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10138 error (_("Empty line specification."));
10139 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
10140 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
10141 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
10142 default_breakpoint_line
,
10143 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
10145 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
10146 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
10148 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
10152 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
10153 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
10154 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
10155 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
10159 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10160 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
10162 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
10164 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
10166 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
10167 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
10169 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
10171 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
10179 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
10182 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
10184 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
10187 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
10193 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
10195 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
10196 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
10198 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
10201 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10202 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
10206 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
10208 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
10209 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
10213 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
10214 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
10215 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
10218 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
10219 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
10220 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
10221 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
10222 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
10223 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
10225 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
10226 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
10227 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
10228 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
10231 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
10234 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10236 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
10238 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
10240 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
10241 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
10242 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
10243 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
10245 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
10247 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
10248 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
10249 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
10250 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
10254 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
10257 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
10261 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
10263 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
10265 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
10266 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
10274 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
10275 non-zero otherwise. */
10277 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
10279 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
10280 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
10281 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
10288 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
10290 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
10292 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
10296 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
10298 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
10300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
10301 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
10303 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
10307 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
10309 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
10319 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
10321 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10322 char *text
, char *word
)
10324 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
10325 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
10328 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
10330 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
10332 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
10334 tracepoint_count
= num
;
10335 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
10339 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10341 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10343 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10344 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
10346 0 /* Ignore count */,
10347 pending_break_support
,
10351 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
10355 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10357 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10359 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10360 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
10362 0 /* Ignore count */,
10363 pending_break_support
,
10367 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
10370 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
10371 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
10373 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
10374 static int next_cmd
;
10377 read_uploaded_action (void)
10381 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
10388 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
10389 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
10390 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
10391 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
10392 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
10394 struct breakpoint
*
10395 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
10397 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
10398 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10400 if (utp
->at_string
)
10401 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
10404 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
10405 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
10406 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
10408 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no source location, using raw address"),
10410 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
10411 addr_str
= small_buf
;
10414 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
10415 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
10416 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition has no source form, ignoring it"),
10419 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10421 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
10423 (utp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
) /* hardwareflag */,
10425 0 /* Ignore count */,
10426 pending_break_support
,
10429 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */))
10432 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
10434 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
10435 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
10436 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
10440 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
10442 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
10445 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
10446 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
10447 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
10449 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
10451 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
10456 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
10458 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
10460 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
10461 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
10462 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions have no source form, ignoring them"),
10468 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
10472 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
10474 int tpnum
= -1, num_printed
;
10477 tpnum
= parse_and_eval_long (tpnum_exp
);
10479 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (tpnum
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
10481 if (num_printed
== 0)
10484 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
10486 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10489 default_collect_info ();
10492 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
10493 Not supported by all targets. */
10495 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10497 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10500 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
10501 Not supported by all targets. */
10503 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10505 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10508 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
10510 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10512 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
10518 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10520 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10521 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
10522 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10523 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10525 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10527 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10532 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10534 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
10536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
10538 if (is_tracepoint (b
)
10540 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10545 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10548 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
10550 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
10551 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
10552 Also accepts special argument "all". */
10555 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10557 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
10558 unsigned int count
;
10561 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10562 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
10564 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
10566 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
10569 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
10571 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
10574 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10577 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
10583 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
10584 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
10586 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
10587 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
10589 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10590 t2
->number
, count
);
10592 if (! all
&& *args
)
10593 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
10599 struct breakpoint
*
10600 get_tracepoint (int num
)
10602 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10604 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10605 if (t
->number
== num
)
10611 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10612 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10615 struct breakpoint
*
10616 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
10618 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10620 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10621 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
10627 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10628 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10629 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10630 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10631 struct breakpoint
*
10632 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
10634 extern int tracepoint_count
;
10635 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10637 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
10639 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
10642 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
10644 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10647 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
10651 if (instring
&& *instring
)
10652 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10655 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10659 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10660 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
10665 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10666 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10667 allow us to discover this. */
10668 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10672 /* save-tracepoints command */
10674 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10676 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10678 struct command_line
*line
;
10681 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10682 struct ui_file
*fp
;
10684 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10685 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
10687 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10688 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10695 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
10699 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
10700 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
10701 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
10703 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
10704 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
10705 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
10707 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
10709 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10711 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
10714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
10716 if (tp
->addr_string
)
10717 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
10720 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10721 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
10724 if (tp
->cond_string
)
10725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " if %s", tp
->cond_string
);
10727 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
10729 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10734 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
10736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " actions\n");
10738 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
10739 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10741 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
10743 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
10746 throw_exception (ex
);
10748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
10752 if (*default_collect
)
10753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
10755 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10757 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10761 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10763 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10766 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10767 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10769 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10771 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10778 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10779 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10780 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10781 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10782 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10783 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10784 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10785 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10786 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10787 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10788 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10790 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10791 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10793 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10795 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10797 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10798 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10800 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10801 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10803 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10804 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10806 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10807 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10808 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10809 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10810 char *text
, char *word
),
10811 void *user_data_catch
,
10812 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10814 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10816 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10818 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10819 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10820 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10822 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10824 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10825 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10826 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10830 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
10832 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10833 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10834 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10838 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10840 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10841 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10842 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10844 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10845 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10846 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10848 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10849 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10850 before a breakpoint is set. */
10851 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10853 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10855 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10856 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10857 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10859 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10861 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10862 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10863 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10864 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10865 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10866 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10867 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10868 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10870 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10871 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10872 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10873 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10875 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10876 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10877 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10878 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10879 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10881 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10882 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10884 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10885 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10886 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10887 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10889 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10890 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10892 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10893 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10894 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10895 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10897 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10898 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10900 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10901 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10902 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10903 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10904 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10905 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10906 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10908 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10909 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10910 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10911 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10912 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10913 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10915 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10917 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10918 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10919 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10920 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10921 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10922 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10924 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10925 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10926 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10929 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10930 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10931 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10934 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10935 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10936 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10939 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10940 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10941 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10944 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10945 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10946 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10947 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10948 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10949 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10950 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10951 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10953 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10954 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10955 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10956 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10957 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10959 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10960 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10961 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10962 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10963 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10964 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10967 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10968 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10969 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10970 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10972 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10973 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10974 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10975 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10976 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10978 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10979 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10980 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10981 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10983 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10984 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10985 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10986 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10987 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10990 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10991 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10992 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10993 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10994 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10995 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10997 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10998 is executing in.\n\
11000 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
11002 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
11003 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
11004 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
11005 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
11007 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
11008 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
11009 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
11010 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
11013 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
11017 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
11018 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
11019 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
11020 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
11021 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
11022 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
11023 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
11024 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
11025 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11026 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11027 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11028 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11029 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11030 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11031 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11032 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11034 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11035 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11036 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11037 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11038 breakpoint set."));
11041 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
11042 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11043 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11044 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11045 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11046 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11047 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11048 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11049 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11051 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11052 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11053 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11054 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11055 breakpoint set."));
11057 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
11060 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
11061 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11062 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11063 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11064 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11065 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11066 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11067 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11068 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11070 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11071 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11072 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11073 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11074 breakpoint set."));
11076 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
11077 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11078 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11079 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11080 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11081 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
11082 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
11083 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
11084 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
11085 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11086 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11087 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11088 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11090 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11091 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11092 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11093 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11095 &maintenanceinfolist
);
11097 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
11098 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
11099 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
11100 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
11102 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
11103 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
11104 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
11105 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
11107 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
11108 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
11109 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
11110 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11111 catch_catch_command
,
11115 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
11116 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
11117 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11118 catch_throw_command
,
11122 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
11123 catch_fork_command_1
,
11125 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
11126 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
11127 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
11128 catch_fork_command_1
,
11130 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
11131 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
11132 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
11133 catch_exec_command_1
,
11137 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
11138 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
11139 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
11140 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
11141 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
11142 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
11143 catch_syscall_command_1
,
11144 catch_syscall_completer
,
11147 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
11148 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
11149 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11150 catch_ada_exception_command
,
11154 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
11155 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
11156 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11157 catch_assert_command
,
11162 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
11163 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11164 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11165 an expression changes."));
11166 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
11168 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
11169 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11170 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11171 an expression is read."));
11172 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
11174 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
11175 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11176 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11177 an expression is either read or written."));
11178 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
11180 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
11181 Status of watchpoints, or watchpoint number NUMBER."));
11185 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
11186 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
11187 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
11188 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
11189 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11190 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11191 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
11192 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
11193 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
11196 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
11197 &setlist
, &showlist
);
11199 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
11201 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
11203 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
11204 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11206 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
11207 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11208 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
11210 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
11211 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
11212 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
11213 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
11215 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
11216 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11218 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
11219 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11220 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
11222 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
11223 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
11224 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
11225 last tracepoint set."));
11227 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
11229 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
11230 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
11231 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11232 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
11235 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
11236 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
11237 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11238 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
11240 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
11242 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
11243 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
11244 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11245 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
11247 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
11249 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
11250 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
11251 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
11252 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
11253 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
11255 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
11256 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
11257 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
11258 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
11260 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
11261 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
11262 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
11263 pending breakpoint behavior"),
11264 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
11265 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
11266 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
11267 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
11268 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
11269 pending breakpoint behavior"),
11270 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
11271 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
11273 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
11274 &pending_break_support
, _("\
11275 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
11276 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
11277 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
11278 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
11279 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
11280 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
11282 show_pending_break_support
,
11283 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
11284 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
11286 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
11288 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
11289 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
11290 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
11291 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
11292 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
11293 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
11294 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
11296 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
11297 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
11298 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
11300 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
11301 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
11302 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
11303 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
11304 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
11305 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
11306 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
11307 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
11308 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
11309 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
11310 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
11311 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
11313 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
11314 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
11315 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
11317 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
11319 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);